[opensuse-translation-commit] r90442 - trunk/yast/tk/po

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-29 17:04:54 +0100 (Wed, 29 Oct 2014) New Revision: 90442 Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/audit-laf.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/auth-client.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/auth-server.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/autoinst.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/base.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/bootloader.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/cluster.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/control.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/crowbar.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/drbd.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/ftp-server.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/geo-cluster.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/inetd.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/installation.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/instserver.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/iscsi-lio-server.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/isns.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/ldap.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/mail.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/network.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/packager.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/proxy.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/registration.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/s390.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/samba-server.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/security.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/services-manager.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/storage.tk.po trunk/yast/tk/po/vm.tk.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/audit-laf.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/audit-laf.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/audit-laf.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -782,42 +782,46 @@ #. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 -msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgid "" +"Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +"or only start the daemon for now?" msgstr "" -#. question continues -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" msgstr "" #. message about loaded kernel module -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 +msgid "" +"The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" +"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" +"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" msgstr "" #. Headline of a popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "" #. label of three buttons belonging to the popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Start" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Do not start" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:488 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -826,36 +830,36 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:561 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:563 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:567 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:569 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "" #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:585 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -863,26 +867,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:618 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "" #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:649 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:655 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704 msgid "Log file" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/auth-client.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/auth-client.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/auth-client.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -168,11 +168,11 @@ #. Main dialog contents #: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 -msgid "SPAM Prevention" +msgid "Authentication Client" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:580 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:586 +#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "Configured Authentication Domains" msgstr "" @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ #. initialize GUI #: src/include/dialogs.rb:553 -msgid "TODO WRITE HELP" +msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms.<br>You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain.<br>The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain.<br>In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:<br><b>proxy</b>: Support a legacy NSS provider.<br><b>local</b>: SSSD internal provider for local users.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b>: Active Directory provider.<br>Supported auth providers are:<br><b>ldap</b> for native LDAP authentication.<br><b>krb5</b> for Kerberos authentication.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory provider.<br><b>proxy</b> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target.<br><b>none</b> disables authentication explicitly.<br>The default auth provider is the id_provider.<br>" msgstr "" #. Define Global Parameters @@ -203,863 +203,863 @@ msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:22 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:21 msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:27 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:80 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:26 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:79 msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:30 msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:32 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:36 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:35 msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:40 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:39 msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:43 msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:45 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:49 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:48 msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:53 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:52 msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." msgstr "" #. Define Global Services Parameters -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:60 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:59 msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:65 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:64 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:70 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:69 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:75 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:74 msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:85 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:84 msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:90 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:89 msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:95 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:94 msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." msgstr "" #. NSS configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:103 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:102 msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:108 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:107 msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:113 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:112 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:118 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:117 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:123 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:122 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:128 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:127 msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:132 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:131 msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:136 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1103 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:135 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1101 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:140 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:139 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:144 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:143 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:148 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:147 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:153 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:152 msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:157 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1107 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:156 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1105 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:162 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:205 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:161 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:204 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:167 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:166 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "" #. PAM configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:175 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:174 msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:180 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:185 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:179 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:184 msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:190 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:189 msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:195 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:194 msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:200 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:693 -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:990 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:199 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:691 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:988 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "" #. SUDO configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:213 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:212 msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" #. AUTOFS configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:221 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:220 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #. SSH configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:229 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:228 msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:234 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:233 msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "" #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:243 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:248 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:242 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:247 msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:253 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:252 msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:258 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:257 msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:262 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:267 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:272 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:277 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:282 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:287 msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:293 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:292 msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:298 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:297 msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:303 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:302 msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:308 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:307 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:313 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:312 msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:319 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:318 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:325 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:324 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:331 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:330 msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:337 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:336 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:343 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:342 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:349 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:348 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:355 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:354 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:361 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:360 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:366 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:365 msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:371 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:370 msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:377 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:376 msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:382 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:381 msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:385 msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:387 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:391 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:390 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:396 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:395 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:401 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:400 msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:406 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:405 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:412 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:411 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:417 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:416 msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:422 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:421 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:427 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:426 msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:433 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:432 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." msgstr "" #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:442 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:441 msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:447 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:446 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:452 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:451 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:457 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:456 msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:462 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:461 msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:467 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:466 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:471 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:470 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "" #. The ldap domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:480 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:485 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:479 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:484 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:491 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:497 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:490 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:496 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:503 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:501 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:509 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:507 msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:513 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:511 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:519 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:517 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:523 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:521 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:528 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:526 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:533 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:531 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:538 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:536 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:543 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:541 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:548 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:546 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:553 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:551 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:558 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:556 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:563 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:561 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:568 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:566 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:573 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:778 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:571 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:776 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:578 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:576 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:583 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:581 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:588 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:586 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:593 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:591 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:598 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:596 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:603 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:601 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:608 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:606 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:613 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:611 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:618 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:616 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:623 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:621 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:628 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:626 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:633 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:631 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:638 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:636 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:643 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:641 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:648 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:646 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:652 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:650 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:657 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:655 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:658 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:656 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:663 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:661 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:668 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:666 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:673 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:671 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:678 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:676 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:683 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:681 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:688 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:686 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:698 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:696 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:703 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:701 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:708 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:706 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:713 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:711 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:718 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:716 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:723 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:721 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:728 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:726 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:734 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:732 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:740 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:738 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:746 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:744 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:752 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:750 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:758 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:756 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:763 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:761 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:768 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:766 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:773 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:771 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:783 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:781 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:788 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:786 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:793 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:791 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:798 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:796 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:804 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:802 msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:809 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:807 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:814 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:812 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:819 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:817 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:824 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:822 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:829 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:827 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:834 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:832 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:839 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:837 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:844 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:842 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:849 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:847 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:855 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:853 msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:860 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:858 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:865 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:863 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:869 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:867 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:873 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:871 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:878 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:876 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:883 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:881 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:888 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:886 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:892 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:890 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:897 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:895 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:902 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:900 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:907 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:905 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:912 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:910 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:917 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:915 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:922 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:920 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:927 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:925 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:932 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:930 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:937 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:935 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:941 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:939 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:946 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:944 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:951 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:949 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:956 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:954 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:962 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:960 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:967 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:965 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:972 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:970 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:995 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:999 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:993 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:997 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1004 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1002 msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1009 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1014 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1007 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1012 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1019 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1017 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1024 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1022 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1029 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1027 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1034 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1032 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1039 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1037 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1044 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1042 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1048 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1046 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1052 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1050 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1056 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1054 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1061 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1059 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1065 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1063 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1070 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1068 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1083 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1081 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1087 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1091 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1085 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1089 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1095 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1093 msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1099 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1097 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1112 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1110 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1117 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1115 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1122 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1120 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1126 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1124 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1130 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1128 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1135 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1133 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1147 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1145 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1151 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1149 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1155 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1153 msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1160 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1158 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1165 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1163 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1169 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1167 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" @@ -1069,18 +1069,18 @@ #. Summary() #. returns html formated configuration summary #. @return summary -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:334 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:336 msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:337 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:339 msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:343 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:346 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/auth-server.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/auth-server.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/auth-server.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -268,8 +268,8 @@ #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:32 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:52 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:122 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:202 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:295 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:205 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:298 msgid "Authentication Server Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -450,15 +450,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1093 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1565 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:907 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:420 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:910 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:424 msgid "Enter a password" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1101 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1570 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:913 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:430 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:916 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:435 msgid "The passwords you have entered do not match. Try again." msgstr "" @@ -589,9 +589,9 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1537 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:961 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1003 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:405 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:964 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1006 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:406 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 msgid "&Validate Password" msgstr "" @@ -1818,8 +1818,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -1931,74 +1931,74 @@ #. Error Popup #. Error Popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:884 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:887 msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:941 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:944 msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:959 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1001 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:962 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1004 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:404 msgid "New Administrator &Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:965 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:968 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1010 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:408 msgid "Password &Encryption" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1018 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 msgid "Change Administration Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1038 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1039 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1040 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1041 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1042 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1045 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1046 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1047 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1048 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1191 msgid "Multiple Replication Consumers not supported currently" msgstr "" #. **************************************** #. tree generation functions ** #. *************************************** -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1290 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1293 msgid "Index Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1301 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1310 msgid "Access Control Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1316 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1319 msgid "Replication Provider" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1325 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1328 msgid "Replication Consumer" msgstr "" @@ -2232,25 +2232,29 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:457 msgid "Presence" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:453 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:458 msgid "Equality" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:459 msgid "Substring" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:402 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 msgid "Change Administrator Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:410 +msgid "Update Kerberos Stash" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 msgid "Add Index" msgstr "" @@ -2701,7 +2705,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3536 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3581 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2964,7 +2968,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4107 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2987,91 +2991,91 @@ msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3566 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3612 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3978 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3988 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3983 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3993 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4025 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4052 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4066 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4071 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4078 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4100 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4877 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4896 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4901 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4982 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4992 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5360 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5369 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/autoinst.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/autoinst.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/autoinst.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -53,9 +53,9 @@ #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:403 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1006 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:81 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "" @@ -115,24 +115,29 @@ msgstr "" #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:46 msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:56 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:63 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten. +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:94 +msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:98 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:100 msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "" @@ -464,71 +469,79 @@ msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 -msgid "Configure Software selections" +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 -msgid "Configure Bootloader" +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +msgid "Registration" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +msgid "Configure Software selections" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 -msgid "Configuring Software selections..." +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 -msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +msgid "Configuring Software selections..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "" #. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:161 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:163 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "" #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:181 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:144 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "" #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:267 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:272 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:328 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -536,67 +549,67 @@ #. ReportingDialog() #. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177 msgid "Errors" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 msgid "" "<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages.</p> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 msgid "" "<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "" @@ -949,7 +962,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:65 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:172 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:175 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "" @@ -1122,31 +1135,27 @@ msgid "Groups" msgstr "" -#. Creates the modules selection box displaying modules in the specified group. -#. The specified YaST module is selected. -#. -#. @param [String] group_name YaST group of modules to display. -#. @param [String] selectedModule Module to preselect. -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:151 +#. bnc #887115 comment #9: Desktop file is "hidden" and should not be shown at all +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:154 msgid "No modules available" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:154 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:157 msgid "Modules" msgstr "" #. Creates an `HBox containing the buttons to be displayed below the summary column #. #. @return The `HBox widget. -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:167 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:170 msgid "&Clone" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:168 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:171 msgid "&Apply to System" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:173 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:176 msgid "Clea&r" msgstr "" @@ -1154,7 +1163,7 @@ #. #. @param [String] module_name The module to summarize. #. @return The `VBox widget. -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:192 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:195 msgid "Details" msgstr "" @@ -1439,7 +1448,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:791 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:794 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "" @@ -1449,7 +1458,7 @@ msgstr "" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:803 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:806 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "" @@ -1488,7 +1497,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:118 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121 msgid "Signature Handling" msgstr "" @@ -2056,7 +2065,7 @@ #. Read rules file #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:453 msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n" msgstr "" @@ -2064,12 +2073,12 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:722 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:914 src/modules/Profile.rb:725 msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "" #. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1059 msgid "" "\n" "User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" @@ -2080,45 +2089,45 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:271 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:327 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:330 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:336 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:342 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:348 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:354 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:359 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:363 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "" @@ -2128,14 +2137,14 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:445 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" "configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:450 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 msgid "" "<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2144,7 +2153,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459 msgid "" "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2159,12 +2168,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 msgid " - Drive" msgstr "" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr "" @@ -2175,74 +2184,74 @@ #. string language_name = ""; #. string keyboard_name = ""; -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:82 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85 msgid "Confirm installation?" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:100 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:107 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:114 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:100 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 msgid "No" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91 msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 msgid "Halting the machine after stage one" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:105 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 msgid "Halting the machine after stage two" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:112 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125 msgid "Accepting unsigned files" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:123 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 msgid "Not accepting unsigned files" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135 msgid "Accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:133 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136 msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:142 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145 msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:143 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146 msgid "Not accepting failed verifications" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:148 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:149 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152 msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:154 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 msgid "Importing new GPG keys" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:155 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158 msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys" msgstr "" @@ -2263,11 +2272,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:686 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "" @@ -2329,76 +2338,76 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:312 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:332 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:315 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:335 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:360 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:363 msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:368 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:371 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381 msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:389 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:392 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "" #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:418 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:421 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:432 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:439 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:442 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:475 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:478 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." msgstr "" #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:509 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:512 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:527 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:530 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "" #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:557 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:560 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "" #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:606 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:609 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:610 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 msgid "Ok" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:616 msgid "" "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." @@ -2406,43 +2415,43 @@ #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:632 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:635 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:633 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:636 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:654 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:657 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:730 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:733 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:740 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:746 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:749 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:756 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:843 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:846 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "" #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:903 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:907 msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "" @@ -2488,7 +2497,7 @@ #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:441 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "" @@ -2496,14 +2505,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:515 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "" #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:679 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:682 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/base.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/base.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/base.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:889 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "" @@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2581 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" @@ -2442,37 +2442,37 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:114 msgid "External Zone" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:113 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:118 msgid "Internal Zone" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:117 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:122 msgid "Demilitarized Zone" msgstr "" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:238 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:243 msgid "TCP" msgstr "" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:240 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:245 msgid "UDP" msgstr "" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:242 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247 msgid "RPC" msgstr "" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:244 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249 msgid "IP" msgstr "" @@ -2501,82 +2501,72 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478 msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 msgid "Check for network devices" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488 msgid "Read current configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490 msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500 -msgid "Read dynamic definitions of installed services" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2504 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2506 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 msgid "Reading current configuration..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2508 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2510 -msgid "Reading dynamic definitions of installed services..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2671 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2655 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2679 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2663 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2681 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2665 msgid "Adjust firewall service" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2685 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2669 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2687 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2671 msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2706 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2690 msgid "Writing settings failed" msgstr "" #. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3504 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3488 msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" msgstr "" @@ -2697,18 +2687,18 @@ #. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], #. ] #. ); -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:345 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:617 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:355 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:638 msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" msgstr "" #. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:431 msgid "Service: %{filename}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:483 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:504 msgid "Unknown service '%1'" msgstr "" @@ -2733,51 +2723,51 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1727 msgid "Package: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:208 msgid "Size: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:231 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:244 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:256 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:314 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:380 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:393 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:610 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:401 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "" @@ -2786,57 +2776,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:429 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:463 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2493 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:486 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:526 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:527 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:597 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:669 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 msgid "" "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -2847,34 +2837,34 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:807 msgid "Side A" msgstr "" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:810 msgid "Side B" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:826 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:831 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" msgstr "" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -2883,7 +2873,7 @@ msgstr "" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -2892,89 +2882,89 @@ msgstr "" #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:860 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "" #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:881 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2170 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:904 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:921 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:989 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:997 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1004 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1025 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1366 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1370 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1613 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1373 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1504 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1616 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1619 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1379 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -2982,103 +2972,103 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1392 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1526 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1632 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2447 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1440 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1448 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1497 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1510 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1513 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1609 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1697 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1705 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1718 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1746 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1754 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1824 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1845 msgid "Script: " msgstr "" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1851 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1939 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1956 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3088,68 +3078,68 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1971 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2005 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2047 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2055 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2103 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2208 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2283 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2211 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2216 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2299 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2249 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2286 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2325 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2365 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2375 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3160,27 +3150,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2381 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2397 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "" #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2436 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2527 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2563 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2569 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3188,7 +3178,7 @@ msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2578 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" @@ -4471,7 +4461,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:409 +#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:416 msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/bootloader.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/bootloader.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/bootloader.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -27,77 +27,49 @@ #. command line help text for delete action #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 -msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section" +msgid "Delete a global option" msgstr "" #. command line help text for set action #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65 -msgid "Set a global option or option of a section" +msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for add action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72 -msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode" -msgstr "" - #. command line help text for print action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75 msgid "Print value of specified option" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 -msgid "The name of the section" -msgstr "" - -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83 msgid "The key of the option" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 msgid "The value of the option" msgstr "" -#. command line error report, %1 is section name -#. command line error report, %1 is section name -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225 -msgid "Section %1 not found." -msgstr "" - #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:154 msgid "Value was not specified." msgstr "" -#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name -#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args -#. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239 -msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -msgstr "" - #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245 -msgid "Section name must be specified." +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:176 +msgid "Option was not specified." msgstr "" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265 -msgid "Option was not specified." +#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:182 +msgid "Value: %s" msgstr "" #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 msgid "Specified option does not exist." msgstr "" -#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287 -msgid "Value: %1" -msgstr "" - #. progress step title #: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52 msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." @@ -122,52 +94,25 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:115 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:125 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:224 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:226 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "" -#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 -msgid "Disk Order" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 -msgid "Disk order settings" -msgstr "" - -#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68 -msgid "Boot Menu" -msgstr "" - -#. `VSpacing(1), -#. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 -msgid "Boot Loader Options" -msgstr "" - #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: #. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp @@ -239,17 +184,11 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n" -"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" "<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" "installed on your computer</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n" @@ -257,29 +196,29 @@ "to start this section.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>" +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -288,25 +227,17 @@ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 -msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 -msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -314,7 +245,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -323,197 +254,120 @@ "To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:99 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:100 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:103 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:104 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 -msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Graphical &Menu File" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration -#. and installation -#. -#. Authors: -#. Jiri Srain <jsrain@suse.cz> -#. Joachim Plack <jplack@suse.de> -#. Olaf Dabrunz <od@suse.de> -#. Philipp Thomas <pth@suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68 -msgid "Choose new graphical menu file" -msgstr "" - -#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))), -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129 -msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals" -msgstr "" - #. Validate function of a popup #. @param [String] key any widget key #. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation #. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:78 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:81 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "" -#. Common widget of a console -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 -msgid "Use &serial console" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 -msgid "&Console arguments" -msgstr "" - -#. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 -msgid "&Device" -msgstr "" - -#. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 -msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 -msgid "D&isks" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 -msgid "&Up" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 -msgid "&Down" -msgstr "" - #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:217 msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:218 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:228 +msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:243 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:271 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:292 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:249 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:277 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:298 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 -msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:303 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 -msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" -msgstr "" - #. Title in tab #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Boot Code Options" @@ -529,6 +383,11 @@ msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "" +#. Window title +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 +msgid "Boot Loader Options" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "" @@ -538,12 +397,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -562,12 +421,10 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33 msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30 msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -588,7 +445,6 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" @@ -597,7 +453,6 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "" @@ -618,30 +473,20 @@ #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels #. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) #. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) -#. combo box item -#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels -#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels -#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) -#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523 msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537 msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." msgstr "" #. item of a combo box -#. item of a combo box #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540 msgid "Text Mode" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541 msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "" @@ -684,17 +529,21 @@ msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 +msgid "Use &serial console" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 +msgid "&Console arguments" +msgstr "" + #. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:132 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." msgstr "" #. file open popup caption -#. file open popup caption -#. file open popup caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279 msgid "Select File" msgstr "" @@ -702,183 +551,27 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:85 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:256 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "" #. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." msgstr "" -#. heading -#. heading -#. heading -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325 -msgid "Kernel Section" -msgstr "" - -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636 -msgid "Section Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721 -msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management" -msgstr "" - -#. heading -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585 -msgid "Xen Section" -msgstr "" - -#. heading -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591 -msgid "Menu Section" -msgstr "" - -#. heading -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593 -msgid "Dump Section" -msgstr "" - -#. label -#. label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628 -msgid "Other System Section" -msgstr "" - -#. combobox label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803 -msgid "&Filename" -msgstr "" - -#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811 -msgid "Filename: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. multiline edit header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828 -msgid "Fi&le Contents" -msgstr "" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836 -msgid "Expert Manual Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. sections list widget -#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections -#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] sects list of current sections -#. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116 -msgid "Image" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134 -msgid "Xen" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -msgid "Floppy" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154 -msgid "Menu" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161 -msgid "Dump" -msgstr "" - -#. table header, Def stands for default -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255 -msgid "Def." -msgstr "" - -#. table header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 -msgid "Label" -msgstr "" - -#. table header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "" - -#. table header; header for section details, either -#. the specification of the kernel image to load, -#. or the specification of device to boot from -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263 -msgid "Image / Device" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271 -msgid "Set as De&fault" -msgstr "" - #. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114 msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:144 msgid "" "\n" "If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" @@ -887,106 +580,64 @@ "Proceed?\n" msgstr "" -#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377 -msgid "" -"\n" -"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n" -"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n" -"\n" -"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n" -"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n" -"\n" -"Select a course of action:\n" +#. menu button entry +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:181 +msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" msgstr "" -#. radiobutton #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:188 msgid "&Propose New Configuration" msgstr "" -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406 -msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415 -msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423 -msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433 -msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514 -msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections." -msgstr "" - -#. pushbutton -#. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586 -msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" -msgstr "" - #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:195 msgid "&Start from Scratch" msgstr "" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:203 msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" msgstr "" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:220 msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:228 msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" msgstr "" +#. menu button +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:236 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "" + #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:260 msgid "MBR restored successfully." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263 msgid "Failed to restore MBR." msgstr "" #. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:286 msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." msgstr "" -#. tab header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730 -msgid "&Section Management" +#. push button +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:340 +msgid "Boot &Loader Options" msgstr "" -#. tab header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740 -msgid "Boot Loader &Installation" -msgstr "" - #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818 -msgid "Boot &Loader Options" +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:353 +msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "" #. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress) @@ -1003,16 +654,9 @@ "Please wait...<br></p>" msgstr "" -#. help text, optional part of following +#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" -"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n" -"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus." -msgstr "" - -#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58 -msgid "" "<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n" "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" @@ -1020,28 +664,28 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n" "manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>" msgstr "" #. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:77 msgid "" "<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n" "in the boot menu.</P>" msgstr "" #. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n" "selected section.</P>" msgstr "" #. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n" "section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" @@ -1052,7 +696,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n" "or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>" @@ -1061,14 +705,14 @@ #. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 #. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") #. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n" "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>" msgstr "" #. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n" "This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" @@ -1076,7 +720,7 @@ msgstr "" #. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<p>\n" "- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" @@ -1088,19 +732,8 @@ "to start &product;.</p>" msgstr "" -#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7 -#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n" -"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n" -"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n" -"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>" -msgstr "" - #. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>\n" "- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" @@ -1108,7 +741,7 @@ msgstr "" #. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" "limit that restricts booting to\n" @@ -1117,7 +750,7 @@ msgstr "" #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" @@ -1125,7 +758,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n" "To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" @@ -1133,7 +766,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n" "To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" @@ -1141,7 +774,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n" "To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" @@ -1149,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n" "Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n" @@ -1157,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n" "Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" @@ -1165,14 +798,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:234 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n" "Select the type of the new section to create.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n" "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" @@ -1180,28 +813,28 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:248 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n" "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n" "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" @@ -1209,50 +842,40 @@ msgstr "" #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:743 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:266 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51 msgid "Do not install any boot loader" msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:53 msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:58 msgid "Install the default boot loader" msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:64 msgid "Boot loader" msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:66 msgid "Boot Loader" msgstr "" -#. popup, %1 is bootloader name -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101 -msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk." -msgstr "" - -#. popup - continuing -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113 -msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive." -msgstr "" - #. popup message #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35 msgid "" @@ -1267,111 +890,42 @@ "All changes will be lost.\n" msgstr "" -#. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59 -msgid "Really delete section %1?" -msgstr "" - #. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." msgstr "" -#. message popup, %1 is sectino label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88 -msgid "" -"The disk settings have changed.\n" -"Check section %1 settings.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100 -msgid "" -"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n" -"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" -msgstr "" - #. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set #. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete #. sentence. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82 msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" msgstr "" -#. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128 -msgid "Do Not Create a File System" -msgstr "" - -#. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130 -msgid "Create an ext2 File System" -msgstr "" - -#. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136 -msgid "Create a FAT File System" -msgstr "" - -#. label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142 -msgid "" -"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n" -"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n" -"and confirm with OK.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150 -msgid "&Low Level Format" -msgstr "" - -#. combobox -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153 -msgid "&Create File System" -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182 -msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?" -msgstr "" - -#. error report -#. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207 -msgid "Creating file system failed." -msgstr "" - #. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90 msgid "" "The name selected is already used.\n" "Use a different one.\n" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101 msgid "" "An error occurred during boot loader\n" "installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" msgstr "" -#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241 -msgid "Unable to install the boot loader." -msgstr "" - #. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of #. 'date' command output -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -1385,296 +939,10 @@ msgstr "" #. PushButton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147 msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets -#. -#. Authors: -#. Josef Reidinger <jreidinger@suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23 -msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24 -msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27 -msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" -"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 -msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42 -msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45 -msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48 -msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" -"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" -"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57 -msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60 -msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63 -msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64 -msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65 -msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68 -msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n" -"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n" -"Usually specified in global section</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n" -"Usually specified in global section</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n" -"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" -"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" -"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" -"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583 -msgid "Image Section" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96 -msgid "&Kernel Image" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97 -msgid "&Root Device" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100 -msgid "&Initial RAM Disk" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101 -msgid "Chainloader Section" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102 -msgid "Use Password Protection" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103 -msgid "&Other System" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104 -msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105 -msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106 -msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107 -msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109 -msgid "&Hypervisor" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110 -msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112 -msgid "&Partition of Menu File" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113 -msgid "&Menu Description File" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114 -msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115 -msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116 -msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117 -msgid "Op&tional Parameter File" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118 -msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119 -msgid "&Dump Device" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120 -msgid "&SCSI Dump Device" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122 -msgid "&List of Menu Entries" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123 -msgid "&Number of Default Entry" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124 -msgid "&Timeout in seconds" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125 -msgid "&Show boot menu" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126 -msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127 -msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128 -msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System" -msgstr "" - -#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58 -msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65 -msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82 -msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" -msgstr "" - -#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:""; -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227 -msgid "Enable &SELinux" -msgstr "" - -#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401 -msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533 -msgid "Ask for resolution during boot." -msgstr "" - -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573 -msgid "Clone Selected Section" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader') -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587 -msgid "Other System (Chainloader)" -msgstr "" - -#. frame -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609 -msgid "Section Type" -msgstr "" - -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668 -msgid "Section &Name" -msgstr "" - #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." @@ -1682,99 +950,65 @@ #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. -#. -#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:214 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:234 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "" -#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO) #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" -#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 -msgid " (\"/boot\")" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:263 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 -msgid " (\"/\")" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:271 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:278 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" -#. section name "suffix" for default section -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768 -msgid " (default)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779 -msgid "Sections:<br>%1" -msgstr "" - -#. summary text -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788 -msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919 -msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" -msgstr "" - -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1788,107 +1022,92 @@ msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" -#. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 -msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140 msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" #. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 -msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -msgstr "" - #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:244 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:163 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:167 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:175 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" -#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 -msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" -msgstr "" - #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:322 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:324 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:326 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:330 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:332 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:334 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:340 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/cluster.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/cluster.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/cluster.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -96,222 +96,297 @@ msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "nodeid" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 +msgid "Node ID" msgstr "" +#. Set need to require 'set' +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:163 +msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Node ID must be unique" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:191 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:197 +msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:214 +msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:220 +msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1463 +msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:236 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:264 +msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:270 +msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." +msgstr "" + #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:447 msgid "Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:458 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:476 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1399 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:477 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 +msgid "IP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 +msgid "Redundant IP" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:539 +msgid "" +" NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n" +" Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." +msgstr "" + #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:690 +msgid "Number of threads must be integer" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:696 +msgid "Number of threads must larger then 0" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:740 msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:745 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:773 +msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:775 +msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:850 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:920 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 -msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:898 +msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 -msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:905 +msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:914 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:919 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:928 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1027 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1031 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1032 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Del" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1033 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1045 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1039 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1055 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1185 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1215 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1229 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1243 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1258 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1300 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1314 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1321 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1400 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1404 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1471 +msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" +msgstr "" + #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" "<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n" "<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n" "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n" "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n" "<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n" @@ -322,7 +397,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b r></p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/control.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/control.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/control.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -15,206 +15,238 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" -"<p>\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"</p>\n" -"<p>\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"</p>\n" -" " +"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" +"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" +"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n" +"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n" +" " msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 -msgid "CIM Server" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +msgid "" +"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +"manage your computer.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" +"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +"is the most appropriate desktop for you." msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 -msgid "Installation Settings" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "GNOME Desktop" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 -msgid "Overview" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +msgid "KDE Desktop" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 -msgid "Expert" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +msgid "XFCE Desktop" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +msgid "LXDE Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +msgid "Minimal X Window" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +msgid "Installation Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 -msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +msgid "Time Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +msgid "Online Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 -msgid "Disk" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 -msgid "Time Zone" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +msgid "User Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 msgid "Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -msgid "Installation Summary" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 msgid "Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -msgid "Update Summary" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 +msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 -msgid "Perform Update" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 +msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/crowbar.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/crowbar.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/crowbar.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -20,173 +20,293 @@ msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "" +#. table header +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 +msgid "Repository Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 +msgid "URL" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 +msgid "Ask On Error" +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106 +msgid "" +"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"</p><p>\n" +"<ul>\n" +"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n" +"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"</p><p>\n" +"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:71 -msgid "Password for Crowbar Administrator" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:122 +msgid "Repository &URL" msgstr "" +#. textentry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:135 +msgid "&Ask On Error" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:155 +msgid "Administrator Name" +msgstr "" + #. help text -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:75 -msgid "<p>Enter the password for Crowbar administrator.</p>" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:165 +msgid "<p>Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators.</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:97 -msgid "Repeat the Password" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201 +msgid "&Mode" msgstr "" +#. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203 +msgid "" +"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>" +msgstr "" + #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:104 -msgid "Mode" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:213 +msgid "Bonding &Policy" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:113 -msgid "Bonding Policy" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:222 +msgid "P&hysical interfaces mapping for bastion network" msgstr "" +#. help text for conduit if list +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:231 +msgid "" +"<p>Each physical interface definition needs to fit the pattern\n" +"<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n" +"Valid examples are <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt> or <tt>?1g2</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" + #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:139 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265 msgid "Network" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:140 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:266 msgid "Subnet Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:141 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:267 msgid "Network Mask" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:142 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:268 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:159 -msgid "Use VLAN" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:286 +msgid "Use &VLAN" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:169 -msgid "VLAN ID" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:296 +msgid "VLAN &ID" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:179 -msgid "Router" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:306 +msgid "Rou&ter" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201 -msgid "Subnet" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:328 +msgid "Router pre&ference" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:224 -msgid "Netmask" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:338 +msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:246 -msgid "Broadcast" +#. textentry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:361 +msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:383 +msgid "Broa&dcast" +msgstr "" + #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:256 -msgid "Add Bridge" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:393 +msgid "&Add Bridge" msgstr "" -#. push button label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265 -msgid "&Edit Ranges..." +#. push button label& +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402 +msgid "Edit Ran&ges..." msgstr "" +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:413 +msgid "Add &Bastion Network" +msgstr "" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:425 +msgid "&IP Address" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:585 +msgid "User Name" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:587 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:589 +msgid "Repeat the Password" +msgstr "" + #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:627 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:636 +msgid "" +"User '%1' already exists.\n" +"Choose a different name." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:781 +msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" +msgstr "" + #. table entry (VLAN status) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:426 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:986 msgid "" "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:540 +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:999 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1036 msgid "" "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:552 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1011 msgid "" "The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:564 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1023 msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1047 +msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." +msgstr "" + #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:585 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1068 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." msgstr "" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:687 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1180 msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:761 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1247 msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:777 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1263 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:810 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1296 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:841 -msgid "Administration Settings" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1373 +msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "" +#. label (hint for user) +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385 +msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." +msgstr "" + #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:851 -msgid "Network Mode" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1403 +msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1411 +msgid "Bastion Network" +msgstr "" + #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861 -msgid "Networks" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1454 +msgid "Net&works" msgstr "" +#. tab header +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 +msgid "Re&positories" +msgstr "" + +#. label (hint for user) +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1501 +msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." +msgstr "" + #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:925 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1653 msgid "" "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" @@ -195,7 +315,7 @@ msgstr "" #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:943 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1671 msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" msgstr "" @@ -240,37 +360,37 @@ msgstr "" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:144 msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:125 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:155 msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "" #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:129 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:131 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:161 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:183 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:238 msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:198 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:253 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/drbd.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/drbd.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/drbd.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -214,10 +214,10 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n" "\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" -"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n" "\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n" "\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n" "\t\t" @@ -362,7 +362,11 @@ msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:552 +msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:582 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" @@ -504,7 +508,7 @@ msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" @@ -532,32 +536,34 @@ msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" -#. if (!modified) return true; +#. Comment code below due to change the "booting" status +#. won't change modified flag +#. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:487 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:488 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:493 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:504 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/ftp-server.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/ftp-server.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/ftp-server.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -802,8 +802,8 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:263 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:317 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:408 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:498 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:507 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:502 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:511 msgid "FTP is running" msgstr "" @@ -1616,7 +1616,7 @@ #. Valid function of "Umask (umask files:umask dirs)" #. check value of textentry #. only pure-ftpd -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:619 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:623 msgid "Not a valid umask." msgstr "" @@ -1624,68 +1624,68 @@ #. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Anonynmous Users" #. Handle function of "Browse" #. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Authenticated Users" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:781 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:819 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:785 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:823 msgid "Select directory" msgstr "" #. end of if (button == "EnableUpload") { -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1055 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1059 msgid "Create the \"upload\" directory in %1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1060 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1064 msgid "and enable write access?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1062 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1066 msgid "" "If you want anonymous users to be able to upload,\n" " you need to create a directory with write access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1069 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1090 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1116 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1139 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1073 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1094 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1120 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1143 msgid " is a home directory after the login of anonymous users." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1080 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1127 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1084 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1131 msgid "" "Do you want to change permissions\n" "for\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1083 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1130 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1087 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1134 msgid "Upload (allow writing)?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1085 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1089 msgid "" "To allow anonymous users to upload, you need a directory with write access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1104 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1108 msgid "Do you want to create a directory?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1107 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1111 msgid "Upload with write access?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1109 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1113 msgid "" "If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" " you have to create a directory with write access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1132 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1136 msgid "" "If you want anonymous users to be able to create directories,\n" " you need a directory with write access.\n" @@ -1700,150 +1700,150 @@ #. check permissions for upload dir #. #. end of if (FtpServer::pure_ftp_allowed_permissios_upload == 0) -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1199 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1219 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1286 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1306 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1203 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1290 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 msgid "Change permissions of %1 ?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1203 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1290 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1207 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1294 msgid "" "If you want to allow uploads for \"anonymous\" users, \n" "you need a directory with write access for them." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1227 msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1314 msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access." msgstr "" #. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" #. check values Max Port >= Min Port -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1453 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1457 msgid "Condition for ports is max port > min port." msgstr "" #. Valid function of "DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" #. check value if user enable SSL Certificate (textentry) doesn't be empty -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1633 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1637 msgid "DSA certificate is missing." msgstr "" #. Handle function of "Browse" #. handling value in textentry of "DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1660 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1664 msgid "Select File" msgstr "" #. Valid function of "Security Settings" #. check of existing certificate -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1718 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1722 msgid "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection is missing." msgstr "" #. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:219 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:214 msgid "Welcome message" msgstr "" #. FtpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:893 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:816 msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration" msgstr "" #. Part for commandline - it is necessary choose daemon if both are installed -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:904 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:827 msgid "You have installed both daemons:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:906 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:829 msgid "Choose one of them for configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:908 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:831 msgid "Do you want to configure vsftpd? Alternatively choose pure-ftpd." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:916 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:839 msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:935 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:858 msgid "Read settings from the config file" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:937 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:860 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:941 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:864 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "" #. calling read function for reading settings form config file -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:951 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:874 msgid "Cannot Read Current Settings." msgstr "" #. FtpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:968 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:891 msgid "Saving FTP Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:978 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:901 msgid "Write the settings to the config file" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:980 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:903 msgid "Write the settings for starting daemon" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:984 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:907 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. write options to the config file -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:994 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:917 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "" #. write settings for starting daemon -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:923 msgid "Cannot write settings for xinetd!" msgstr "" #. write settings for starting daemon -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1008 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:931 msgid "Cannot create upload directory for anonymous connections." msgstr "" #. anonymous dir -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1150 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1074 msgid "<p><ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul></p>" msgstr "" #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1084 msgid "FTP daemon" msgstr "" #. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089 msgid "FTP daemon %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1171 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1093 msgid "These options will be configured" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/geo-cluster.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/geo-cluster.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/geo-cluster.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -33,16 +33,43 @@ #. GeoCluster summary dialog caption #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang@suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:416 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 -msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" +msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. GeoCluster overview dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 -msgid "GeoCluster Overview" +msgid "Geo Cluster Overview" msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -74,223 +101,183 @@ msgid "configuration file" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 -msgid "arbitrator ip" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 +msgid "transport" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 -msgid "transport" +msgid "port" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 -msgid "port" +msgid "arbitrator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 -msgid "site" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:680 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:681 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +msgid "site" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:129 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:206 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 -msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:143 +msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "retries" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "weights" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:196 msgid "expire" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 -msgid "timeout is no valid" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 -msgid "expire is no valid" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 -msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 +msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 -msgid "retries is no valid" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 +msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 -msgid "weights is no valid" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 -msgid "ticket can not be null" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 -msgid "site have to be filled" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 -msgid "ticket have to be filled" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 -msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" -msgstr "" - -#. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 -msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" -msgstr "" - #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 -msgid "Geo Cluster configure" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 +msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:521 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "" #. abort? -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 -msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:603 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:610 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:616 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:621 +msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:631 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "" #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang@suse.com> -#. -#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 -msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 -msgid "Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "" - #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -313,10 +300,14 @@ msgstr "" #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 -msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 +msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 +msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" +msgstr "" + #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. TODO FIXME Names of real stages #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside @@ -326,10 +317,6 @@ msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 -msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 @@ -342,12 +329,9 @@ msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster write dialog caption -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 -msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 +msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 @@ -382,6 +366,11 @@ msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" +msgstr "" + #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" @@ -414,6 +403,11 @@ msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" +msgstr "" + #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/inetd.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/inetd.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/inetd.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -103,11 +103,11 @@ msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Status" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 msgid "Service" msgstr "" @@ -119,15 +119,15 @@ msgid "Prot." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Wait" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 msgid "User" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Server" msgstr "" @@ -144,12 +144,12 @@ msgstr "" #. determine wait mode (convert to string) -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 msgid "No" msgstr "" @@ -165,183 +165,183 @@ #. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: #. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process." msgstr "" #. if (true) { // for debugging #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgstr "" #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed." msgstr "" #. This is main inetd module dialog. #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "&Activate All Services" msgstr "" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "&Deactivate All Services" msgstr "" #. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "D&isable" msgstr "" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 msgid "Enab&le" msgstr "" #. Main dialog edit inetd.conf #. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Currently Available Services" msgstr "" # name for TCD #. `opt(`notify), #. `opt(`keepSorting), -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 #, fuzzy msgid "Ch" msgstr "Çad" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Type " msgstr "" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Server / Args" msgstr "" #. Translators: Add service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Add" msgstr "" #. Translators: Edit service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "" #. Translators: Delete service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "" #. Translators: Change service status -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Status for All &Services" msgstr "" #. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" msgstr "" #. execute dialog #. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Add a New Service Entry" msgstr "" #. Translators: Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." msgstr "" #. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); #. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Edit a service entry" msgstr "" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "" #. Translators: Popup::Warning -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "" "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n" "Internet super-server will be disabled." msgstr "" #. service name -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "&Service" msgstr "" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 msgid "RPC Versio&n" msgstr "" #. service status (running or stopped) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Service is acti&ve." msgstr "" #. service socket type -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Socket T&ype" msgstr "" #. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 msgid "&Wait" msgstr "" #. user and group ComboBoxes -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "&User" msgstr "" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "&Group" msgstr "" #. Server arguments -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "S&erver" msgstr "" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Server Argumen&ts" msgstr "" #. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Co&mment" msgstr "" @@ -355,26 +355,26 @@ #. It does not get the NIS entries. #. "+" is filtered out. #. @return [Array] groups -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 msgid "--default--" msgstr "" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "" "Service is empty.\n" "Enter valid values.\n" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"." msgstr "" #. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." msgstr "" @@ -578,57 +578,57 @@ msgstr "" #. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 msgid "Read the Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "" #. read database -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276 -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. in future: catch errors -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "" #. "enabled" defaults to true -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>" msgstr "" #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 msgid "Network services" msgstr "" #. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 msgid "Network services are managed via %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/installation.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/installation.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/installation.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/instserver.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/instserver.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/instserver.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -61,37 +61,37 @@ msgstr "" #. %1 is the current cd number -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue." msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue." msgstr "" #. %2 is the product name and version -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2." msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242 msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2." msgstr "" #. popup request, %1 is CD medium name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "" "Insert\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. popup request, %1 is ISO name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310 msgid "Select %1" msgstr "" #. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n" "by the current repository.\n" @@ -100,97 +100,97 @@ msgstr "" #. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "This may take a while..." msgstr "" #. TODO: report more details (stderr) #. rename the directory -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341 msgid "Error while moving repository content." msgstr "" #. Instserver configuration dialog caption #. Instserver configuration dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162 msgid "Repository Configuration" msgstr "" #. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965 msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Data &Source" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Use &ISO Images" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988 msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371 msgid "Select &Directory" msgstr "" #. abort? #. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "" #. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215 msgid "Installation server name missing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "" "Contents already exist in this directory.\n" "Not copying CDs." msgstr "" #. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094 msgid "" "Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n" "Package CD, etc.) to the repository?" msgstr "" #. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Repository &Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175 msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223 msgid "Invalid repository name." msgstr "" #. an error message - entered repository name already exists -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists,\n" "enter another name." msgstr "" #. create directory only for a new repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 msgid "" "Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n" "Verify that the directory \n" @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ msgstr "" #. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263 msgid "" "Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n" "When adding a new repository with the same name\n" @@ -209,87 +209,87 @@ msgstr "" #. Instserver server dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368 msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399 msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451 msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing." msgstr "" #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478 msgid "Installation Server -- NFS" msgstr "" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498 msgid "&Options" msgstr "" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556 msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS." msgstr "" #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588 msgid "Installation Server -- FTP" msgstr "" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596 msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598 msgid "&Directory Alias:" msgstr "" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655 msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP." msgstr "" #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675 msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP" msgstr "" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691 msgid "&Directory Alias" msgstr "" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748 msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration." msgstr "" @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Read service data using _auto -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306 msgid "" "The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" "will now be installed.\n" @@ -554,79 +554,79 @@ #. @param string directory #. @param [String] options #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569 msgid "" "Directory is already exported via NFS.\n" "Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n" msgstr "" #. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155 msgid "Initializing Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165 msgid "Read configuration file" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167 msgid "Search for a new repository" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171 msgid "Reading configuration file..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173 msgid "Searching for a new repository..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188 msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgstr "" #. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240 msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441 msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/iscsi-lio-server.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/iscsi-lio-server.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/iscsi-lio-server.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -44,25 +44,25 @@ #. third tab - targets / luns #. targets dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:318 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Target" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "" # name for PRT #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:187 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:318 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Portugal" msgid "Portal group" @@ -77,79 +77,83 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 +msgid "Bind all IP addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Use Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 msgid "LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Path" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:235 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:323 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:324 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Client" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Lun Mapping" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Copy" msgstr "" #. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" @@ -157,96 +161,96 @@ # name for SUR #. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:720 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Suriname" msgid "Username" msgstr "Surinam" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 msgid "Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:276 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "" # name for KEN #. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:367 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Kenya" msgid "Key" msgstr "Keniýa" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:367 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:428 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "" #. expert dialog #. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "" #. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:471 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "" #. discovery authentication dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:505 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" msgstr "" #. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:539 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "" #. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:572 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "" @@ -495,39 +499,39 @@ msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:620 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619 msgid "Client name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:623 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:639 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:694 msgid "Client name must not be empty!" msgstr "" #. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing #. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:645 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:700 msgid "Client name already exists!" msgstr "" #. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:677 msgid "New client name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:723 msgid "OK" msgstr "" # name for FRA -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 #, fuzzy #| msgid "France" msgid "Cancel" @@ -536,81 +540,80 @@ #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1292 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:819 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:933 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1291 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1001 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "" -#. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1023 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1044 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1069 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1201 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1206 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1205 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1217 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1216 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1237 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1239 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1242 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241 msgid "None" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1265 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1368 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1405 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1367 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1404 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1457 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1456 msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1472 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1471 msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1493 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1517 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1516 msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1553 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1551 msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" @@ -625,11 +628,11 @@ msgstr "" #. local IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1420 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1413 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/isns.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/isns.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/isns.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -41,105 +41,78 @@ msgstr "" #. second tab - iSCSI Nodes -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:57 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "iSCSI Nodes" msgstr "" #. third tab - Discovery Domains -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "Discovery Domains" msgstr "" -#. fourth tab - discovery domain sets -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:211 -msgid "Discovery Domains Sets" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Manually" msgstr "" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Address of iSNS Server" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:186 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:164 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66 msgid "iSCSI Node Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:186 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:206 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Node Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:247 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:32 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29 msgid "Discovery Domain Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Create Discovery Domain" msgstr "" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:181 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Discovery Domain Members" msgstr "" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "Add Existing iSCSI Node" msgstr "" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "Create iSCSI Node Member" msgstr "" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:194 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Remove" msgstr "" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:217 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:122 -msgid "Discovery Domain Set Name" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:223 -msgid "Create Discovery Domain Set" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:242 -msgid "Discovery Domain Set Members" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:253 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:252 -msgid "Add Discovery Domain" -msgstr "" - #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "iSNS Service" msgstr "" #. curr_target = ""; -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:289 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "<h1>iSNS Service</h1>" msgstr "" @@ -181,89 +154,68 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "<b><big>iSNS Server location</big></b><br>The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:42 msgid "<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database.</p>" msgstr "" #. discovery domains -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains.</p> " msgstr "" #. dds table dialog -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 msgid "<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected.</p>" msgstr "" #. **************** global funcions and variables ***** -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:28 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 msgid "Create New Discovery Domain" msgstr "" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:39 -msgid "Select discovery domain set to which discovery domain will be added." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:43 -msgid "Discovery Domain Name Set" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:200 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Add iSCSI node to discovery domain" msgstr "" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:203 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105 msgid "Available Nodes to Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:206 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:249 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:210 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112 msgid "Add Node" msgstr "" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:211 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:253 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113 msgid "Done" msgstr "" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:245 -msgid "Add Discovery Domain to Set" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:248 -msgid "Available Discovery Domains" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:297 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:320 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168 msgid "Target or Initiator" msgstr "" -#. IsnsServer::addDD(address, add_map["VALUE"]:""); -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:506 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:586 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:541 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "" #. boolean display = true; #. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:711 -msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check iSNS server address." +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 +msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check if iSNS server is running." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -277,81 +229,20 @@ msgstr "" #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 -msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "" - -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 -msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" - -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 -msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "" - -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 -msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "" - -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 -msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "" - -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 -msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "" - -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" - #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "" - -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 -msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" - -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 -msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" - -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 -msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" - -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 -msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" - -#. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 -msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/ldap.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/ldap.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/ldap.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -164,8 +164,15 @@ "The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:1431 +msgid "" +"An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" +"Select another one.\n" +msgstr "" + #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN -#: src/Ldap.rb:1634 +#: src/Ldap.rb:1717 msgid "" "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/mail.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/mail.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/mail.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -287,6 +287,17 @@ msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "" +# name for VUT +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Vanuatu" +msgid "manual" +msgstr "Wanuatu" + +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +msgid "daemon" +msgstr "" + #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529 msgid "&Downloading" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/network.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/network.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/network.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-10 11:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -2027,7 +2027,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs +#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:51 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Setup Method</big></b></p>\n" @@ -2036,35 +2036,28 @@ "for switching among wired and wireless networks.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:57 +#. Network setup method help +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678) -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:62 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" -"<p><b>NetworkManager</b> is not part of every base\n" -"installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n" -"Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n" -"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 -msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:76 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2072,7 +2065,7 @@ msgstr "" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:83 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2082,12 +2075,12 @@ "time can be faster.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>" msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:94 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2096,7 +2089,7 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:101 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2104,13 +2097,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:111 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2118,14 +2111,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:122 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2134,7 +2127,7 @@ "different hostnames.</p> " msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2143,14 +2136,14 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n" @@ -2158,7 +2151,7 @@ msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:146 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2166,7 +2159,7 @@ "(such as suse.com). Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:152 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2174,7 +2167,7 @@ "command.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:158 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2184,7 +2177,7 @@ "configurations.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:166 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2198,26 +2191,26 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:192 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2225,7 +2218,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:198 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2233,7 +2226,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:204 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2241,7 +2234,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" "<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" @@ -2249,19 +2242,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:216 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n" "the network configuration.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:219 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:222 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2272,11 +2265,11 @@ "the firewall will be disabled.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:231 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:234 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2286,19 +2279,19 @@ "values or define another one.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>" msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>" msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:249 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2308,7 +2301,7 @@ msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2321,21 +2314,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 msgid "" "<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n" "the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:277 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2343,14 +2336,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:283 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n" "<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2367,14 +2360,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "<p>Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking.</p>" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2384,7 +2377,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2396,7 +2389,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:326 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n" @@ -2417,7 +2410,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:345 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "<p>To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2427,7 +2420,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:353 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2438,14 +2431,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:366 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/packager.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/packager.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/packager.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -142,8 +142,8 @@ #. an error popup #. an error popup #. an error popup -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:461 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:544 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:620 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:677 msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." msgstr "" @@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1331 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1318 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ #. popup error #. popup error #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:534 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:725 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" @@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:469 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -1534,130 +1534,130 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:309 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:325 msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>" msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337 msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:342 msgid "" "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:351 msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:368 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:382 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 msgid "Patterns:<br>" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:403 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:416 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:478 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:502 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:506 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:547 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:567 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:610 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:633 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>" msgstr "" #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed" msgstr "" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated" msgstr "" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:721 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed" msgstr "" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:731 msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:732 msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:758 msgid "" "<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" @@ -1668,12 +1668,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1339 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1612 msgid "" "<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1681,50 +1681,50 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1639 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1661 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1694 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1926 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1928 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2038 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2299 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2317 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2615 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1733,16 +1733,16 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 msgid "&Language" msgstr "" @@ -1751,23 +1751,16 @@ msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "" -#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 -msgid "" -"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" -"%{license_url}" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400 msgid "" "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1776,34 +1769,41 @@ #. dialog title #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1211 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1016 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1040 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1043 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1053 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1577 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" + #. popup yes-no #: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 msgid "" @@ -1868,181 +1868,181 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:30 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:31 msgid "&Scan Using SLP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:32 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 msgid "Commun&ity Repositories" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "" #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1720 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:110 msgid "" "<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:115 msgid "" "<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:129 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:137 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1584 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:145 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:157 msgid "(default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:177 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:187 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:202 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:204 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:206 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:889 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "" @@ -2051,53 +2051,53 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:441 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:453 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:490 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:525 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:538 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>" @@ -2107,23 +2107,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:725 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1852 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:732 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1859 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:744 msgid "" "<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:751 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2132,42 +2132,42 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:806 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:808 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:813 msgid "" "<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n" "Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:904 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:927 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:981 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2175,17 +2175,17 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1002 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1010 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1335 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1025 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2195,20 +2195,20 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1261 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "&File System" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1272 msgid "" "<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2221,7 +2221,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1282 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2229,11 +2229,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1339 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2245,12 +2245,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1385 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2258,73 +2258,73 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "" # name for PRT -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1570 #, fuzzy msgid "&Port" msgstr "Portugaliýa" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 msgid "&Share" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1588 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1591 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1703 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1706 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1713 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1883 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2339,7 +2339,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1896 msgid "" "<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n" @@ -2348,12 +2348,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1958 msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2361,7 +2361,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2094 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n" @@ -2369,7 +2369,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2104 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2379,7 +2379,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2116 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2388,25 +2388,25 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2131 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2137 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2156 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2359 msgid "" "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2416,12 +2416,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2578 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2602 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "" @@ -2610,18 +2610,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:936 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:956 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:965 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/proxy.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/proxy.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/proxy.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -17,9 +17,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Proxy dialog caption -#. Proxy dialog caption -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:32 src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:448 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:398 +#: src/clients/proxy.rb:32 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Proxy Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -112,36 +110,30 @@ msgstr "" #. Informative label -#. Informative label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:100 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "No details available." msgstr "" #. A push button -#. A push button -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:103 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "&Details <<" msgstr "" +#. avoid confusing Emacs #. A push button -#. A push button -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:105 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "&Details >>" msgstr "" #. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found -#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:220 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Unknown Error Code" msgstr "" #. Error message, #. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" #. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#. Error message, -#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:238 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "" "An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -150,48 +142,39 @@ #. Unknown return code, #. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, #. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#. Unknown return code, -#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:253 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:205 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" msgstr "" #. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings -#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:274 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 msgid "Testing the current proxy settings..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:284 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:236 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTP proxy test." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:306 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:258 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTPS proxy test." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:328 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "An error occurred during the FTP proxy test." msgstr "" #. Popup message -#. Popup message -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:346 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." msgstr "" #. Proxy dialog help 1/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 1/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:454 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:404 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "" "<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n" "<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" @@ -200,38 +183,33 @@ msgstr "" #. Proxy dialog help 2/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 2/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:461 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "" "<p><b>HTTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 3/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:465 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:415 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "" "<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:469 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:419 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 msgid "<p>Example: <i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>" msgstr "" #. Proxy dialog help 4/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 4/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:471 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "" "<p><b>FTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the file transfer services (FTP).</p>" msgstr "" #. Proxy dialog help 5/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 5/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:475 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:425 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "" "<p>If you check <b>Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols</b>, it is\n" "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" @@ -239,8 +217,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Proxy dialog help 6/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 6/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:482 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "" "<p><b>No Proxy Domains</b> is a comma-separated list of domains\n" "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" @@ -248,8 +225,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Proxy dialog help 7/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 7/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:491 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "" "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n" @@ -257,84 +233,73 @@ msgstr "" #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 8/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:499 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>Test Proxy Settings</b> to test\n" "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p> \n" msgstr "" #. CheckBox entry label -#. CheckBox entry label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:519 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:466 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "&Enable Proxy" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#. Frame label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:527 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Proxy Settings" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#. Text entry label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:533 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "&HTTP Proxy URL" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:535 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "HTTP&S Proxy URL" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#. Text entry label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:538 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:483 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "F&TP Proxy URL" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:544 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Us&e the Same Proxy for All Protocols" msgstr "" #. Text entry label #. domains without proxying -#. Text entry label -#. domains without proxying -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:549 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "No Proxy &Domains" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:558 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Proxy Authentication" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#. Text entry label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:567 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:512 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "Proxy &User Name" msgstr "" #. Password entry label -#. Password entry label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:575 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:520 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 msgid "Proxy &Password" msgstr "" #. Test Proxy Settings - push button -#. Test Proxy Settings - push button -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:587 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:532 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 msgid "Test Pr&oxy Settings" msgstr "" #. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank -#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:673 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:618 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:619 msgid "" "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" "Really use these settings?" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:686 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:632 msgid "" "Security warning:\n" "Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n" @@ -343,50 +308,42 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:701 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:647 msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:711 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:719 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:662 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:663 msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:730 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:671 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:672 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:738 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:680 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:749 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:690 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:691 msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:757 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:698 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "" #. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy -#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:769 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:709 msgid "" "One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n" "Check if all domains match one of the following:\n" @@ -396,16 +353,6 @@ "* Domain name prefixed by '.'" msgstr "" -#. Rich text title -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:839 -msgid "Proxy" -msgstr "" - -#. MenuButton title -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:841 -msgid "&Proxy" -msgstr "" - #. Popup headline #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:45 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/registration.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/registration.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/registration.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -16,73 +16,54 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:40 msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 msgid "" "Select a detected registration server from the list\n" "or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:66 msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "" #. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:112 msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" msgstr "" #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:39 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "" -#. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. nil = use the default URL -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 -msgid "Registering the System..." -msgstr "" - -#. then register the product(s) -#. %s is name of given product -#. register the base product -#. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 -msgid "Registering %s ..." -msgstr "" - -#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name -#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 -msgid "Updating to %s ..." -msgstr "" - #. display the registration update dialog #. dialog title #. dialog title #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:215 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:310 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:467 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:515 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Registration" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:216 msgid "Registration is being updated..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:217 msgid "The previous registration is being updated." msgstr "" #. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:233 msgid "" "Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" "You can manually register the system from scratch." @@ -90,7 +71,7 @@ #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:247 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" "User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" @@ -101,49 +82,49 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 msgid "" "If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" "installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:267 msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:276 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:452 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:283 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "" #. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:285 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:290 msgid "&Local Registration Server..." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:293 msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:334 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -151,25 +132,26 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. cache the available addons -#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 -msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +#. %s is name of given product +#. %s is name of given product +#. then register the product(s) +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:385 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:284 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:71 +msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:419 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:423 msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>" msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:441 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -181,43 +163,43 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:455 msgid "Register Again" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:470 msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:471 msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:473 msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:501 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." @@ -229,23 +211,23 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:184 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "" #. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:212 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" #. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically #. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice #. but better than aborting the installation... -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:228 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" @@ -383,28 +365,28 @@ msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:72 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:78 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -417,65 +399,96 @@ msgstr "" #. add the hint to the error details +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:175 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 msgid "Registration failed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:164 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "" #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:221 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:241 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, +#. e.g. https://smt.example.com +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 +msgid "" +"An old registration server was detected at\n" +"%s.\n" +"Make sure the latest product supporting the new registration\n" +"protocol is installed at the server." +msgstr "" + #. progress step title -#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze -#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! -#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 -msgid "SSL Certificate" +#. register the system and the base product +#. @return [Array<Boolean, SUSE::Connect::Remote::Service>] array with two +#. items: boolean (true on success), remote service (or nil) +#. TODO FIXME: split to two separate parts +#. TODO FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze +#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:62 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:95 +msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" -#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system -#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 -msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 +msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "" +#. load available addons from SCC server +#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the +#. installation workflow +#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "" + #. indent size used in summary text #: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "Certificate:" @@ -484,33 +497,33 @@ #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:120 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:153 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "" #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:191 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:197 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:209 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:214 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" @@ -523,10 +536,10 @@ msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. ask user to accept an addon EULA -#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon -#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 +#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir +#. @param [SUSE::Connect::Product] addon the addon +#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" @@ -539,7 +552,7 @@ msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:100 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "" @@ -567,46 +580,46 @@ msgstr[0] "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:44 msgid "Extension and Module Selection" msgstr "" #. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:47 msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:50 msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:53 msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" msgstr "" #. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Details" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:77 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:136 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "" #. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:217 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "" @@ -742,51 +755,51 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:73 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:119 msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:123 msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>" msgstr "" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "" #. input field label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:97 msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "" -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/s390.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/s390.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/s390.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -139,46 +139,46 @@ msgid "Set Format Off" msgstr "" +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "" + #. error popup message #. error popup message #. error popup message -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:200 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:677 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:471 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "" #. 8 means disk is not formatted #. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaS) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:229 src/modules/DASDController.rb:161 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:161 msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:231 src/modules/DASDController.rb:163 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:163 msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" msgstr "" #. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:294 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Disk %1 is not active." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:300 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." msgstr "" -#. integer field (count of disks formatted at parallely) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:318 -msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" -msgstr "" - #. popup question -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "Formatting these disks destroys all data on them.<br>\n" "Really format the following disks?<br>\n" @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "DASD Disk Management" msgstr "" @@ -194,111 +194,111 @@ #. table header #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:413 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:422 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 msgid "Channel ID" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:415 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Format" msgstr "" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Use DIAG" msgstr "" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:424 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:428 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 msgid "Access Type" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Formatted" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Partition Information" msgstr "" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:445 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" msgstr "" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:452 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:458 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "" #. menu button #. menu button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Perform &Action" msgstr "" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:471 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Select All" msgstr "" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Deselect All" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:543 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." msgstr "" #. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 msgid "Add New DASD Disk" msgstr "" #. text entry #. combo box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:598 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "&Channel ID" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:602 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "Format the Disk" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:605 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "Use &DIAG" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 msgid "" "Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -308,14 +308,14 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:638 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:347 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:347 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:400 msgid "Not a valid channel ID." msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:428 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:428 msgid "Device already exists." msgstr "" @@ -1256,23 +1256,23 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:318 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:334 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:331 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:347 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:366 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:382 msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:457 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:422 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:473 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:422 #: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:516 msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." msgstr "" @@ -1280,65 +1280,65 @@ #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:465 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:430 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:481 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:430 #: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:524 msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:473 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:438 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:489 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:438 msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:481 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:497 msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:490 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:506 msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:499 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:515 msgid "%1: Could not load module." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:508 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:524 msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:517 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:533 msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code #. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code #. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:525 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:541 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 #: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." msgstr "" #. progress bar -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:638 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:654 msgid "Formatting %1:" msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) #. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:667 src/modules/DASDController.rb:764 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:683 src/modules/DASDController.rb:780 msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." msgstr "" #. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 #. integers, #. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:735 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:751 msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/samba-server.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/samba-server.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/samba-server.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -707,10 +707,6 @@ msgid "Start-&Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1250 -msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" - #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "&Shares" msgstr "" @@ -1450,183 +1446,183 @@ msgstr "" #. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:120 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138 msgid "Initializing Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:125 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143 msgid "Read global Samba settings" msgstr "" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:127 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145 msgid "Read Samba secrets" msgstr "" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:129 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147 msgid "Read Samba service settings" msgstr "" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:131 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149 msgid "Read Samba accounts" msgstr "" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:133 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151 msgid "Read the back-end settings" msgstr "" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:135 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:137 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155 msgid "Read Samba service role settings" msgstr "" #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:140 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158 msgid "Reading global Samba settings..." msgstr "" #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:142 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160 msgid "Reading Samba secrets..." msgstr "" #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:144 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162 msgid "Reading Samba service settings..." msgstr "" #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:146 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164 msgid "Reading Samba accounts..." msgstr "" #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:148 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166 msgid "Reading the back-end settings..." msgstr "" #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:150 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:152 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170 msgid "Reading Samba service role settings..." msgstr "" #. translators: progress finished #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:154 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:234 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255 msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:239 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:241 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:243 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:245 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266 msgid "Write back-end settings" msgstr "" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:247 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268 msgid "Write Samba accounts" msgstr "" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:249 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270 msgid "Save firewall settings" msgstr "" #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:252 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "" #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:254 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "" #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:256 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "" #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:258 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279 msgid "Writing back-end settings..." msgstr "" #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281 msgid "Writing Samba accounts..." msgstr "" #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283 msgid "Saving firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:288 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf." msgstr "" #. summary item: configured workgroup/domain -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:385 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406 msgid "Global Configuration:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:387 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408 #, perl-format msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %s" msgstr "" #. summary item: selected role for the samba server -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:391 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412 #, perl-format msgid "Role: %s" msgstr "" #. summary item: status of the samba service -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:394 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415 msgid "Samba server is disabled" msgstr "" #. summary heading: configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:398 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419 msgid "Share Configuration:" msgstr "" #. summary item: no configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:404 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425 msgid "None" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/security.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/security.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/security.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -214,121 +214,122 @@ #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:186 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:476 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:186 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:187 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:187 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:471 msgid "Status" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:188 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:188 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "" #. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "Help" msgstr "" #. this is a separator between service names #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:402 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:395 msgid " or " msgstr "" #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:419 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:431 +#. TODO: runlevel is not longer needed (read above) +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:440 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:447 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:454 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:448 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. Overview dialog caption #. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:466 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "&Description" msgstr "" #. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:640 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:634 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:652 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "" #. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:729 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:723 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "" #. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:803 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:824 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "Checks" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:917 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:905 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." msgstr "" #. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:934 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." msgstr "" #. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:954 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:975 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:963 msgid "Login" msgstr "" @@ -852,155 +853,145 @@ #. CheckBox label #: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116 -msgid "&Current Directory in root's Path" -msgstr "" - -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122 -msgid "Curr&ent Directory in Path of Regular Users" -msgstr "" - -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:130 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:136 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:139 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125 msgid "Disable" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:141 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:156 src/include/security/widgets.rb:223 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:209 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:162 src/include/security/widgets.rb:236 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:222 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:168 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154 msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159 msgid "Only root" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161 msgid "All Users" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163 msgid "Nobody" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value #. ["local",_("Local Users")], #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:181 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:188 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:174 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:191 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:193 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:195 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:181 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:202 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:188 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:216 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:202 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:229 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:215 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:242 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:228 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:250 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:236 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:258 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:244 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 msgid "Easy" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:263 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:249 msgid "Secure" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:265 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:251 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:272 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:258 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:279 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:265 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:285 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:271 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "" @@ -1019,61 +1010,61 @@ msgstr "" #. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:640 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:608 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:617 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:619 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:621 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:655 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:623 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:627 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:629 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:631 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:633 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:635 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:901 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:869 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:905 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:873 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/services-manager.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/services-manager.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/services-manager.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,186 +16,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 -msgid "Saving default systemd target..." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 -msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" -msgstr "" - #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 -msgid "&Default systemd target" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 -msgid "Default systemd target" -msgstr "" - -#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 -msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 -msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 -msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 -msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 -msgid "Available Targets" -msgstr "" - -#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the -#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this -#. and keep the default target unchanged. -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 -msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 -msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 -msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 -msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 -msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 -msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 -msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 -msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 -msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" -msgstr "" - -#. Default for double-click in the table -#. Default for double-click in the table -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 -msgid "Writing configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 -msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Fills the dialog contents -#. Fills the dialog contents -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 -msgid "Default System &Target" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 -#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 -msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "" - -#. The current state matches the futural state -#. The current state matches the futural state -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 -#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 -msgid "&Start/Stop" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 -msgid "&Enable/Disable" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 -msgid "Show &Details" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -msgid "Services Manager" -msgstr "" - -#. Redraws the services dialog -#. Redraws the services dialog -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 -msgid "Reading services status..." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 -#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 -msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 -#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 -msgid "Inactive" -msgstr "" - -#. The current state differs the the futural state -#. The current state differs the the futural state -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 -msgid "Active (will start)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 -msgid "Inactive (will stop)" -msgstr "" - -#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service -#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 -msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" -msgstr "" - -#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" @@ -242,62 +63,24 @@ msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "" + #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 msgid "Default Target" msgstr "" +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "" + #. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. #. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. #: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" msgstr "" - -#. AutoYast summary -#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 -msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" - -#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state -#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 -msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 -msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " -msgstr "" - -#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 -msgid "Graphical mode" -msgstr "" - -#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 -msgid "Text mode" -msgstr "" - -#. Systemd targets -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 -msgid "Graphical Interface" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 -msgid "Emergency Mode" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 -msgid "Switch Root" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 -msgid "Initrd Default Target" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 -msgid "Multi-User System" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 -msgid "Rescue Mode" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/storage.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/storage.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/storage.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -1206,6 +1206,11 @@ msgstr "" #. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 +msgid "&UUID" +msgstr "" + +#. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:526 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "" @@ -1366,28 +1371,8 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "No unsaved changes exist." -msgstr "" - -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1417 -msgid "Changes:" -msgstr "" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1429 -msgid " Do you really want to execute these changes?" -msgstr "" - -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1435 -msgid "&Apply" -msgstr "" - #. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1495 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1441 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1396,7 +1381,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1518 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1464 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1406,7 +1391,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1529 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1416,7 +1401,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1425,65 +1410,65 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1601 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547 msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1606 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1620 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1626 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1572 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1632 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1578 msgid "Add new" msgstr "" #. button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1638 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1584 #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" #. heading text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1661 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1607 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:420 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1674 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1684 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1713 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1737,12 +1722,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:948 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:975 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:953 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1750,26 +1735,26 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:964 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:989 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" @@ -2668,7 +2653,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5165 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -4492,23 +4477,23 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -4516,29 +4501,29 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 msgid "" "<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n" "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" @@ -4546,36 +4531,36 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 msgid "" "<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 -msgid "Mountable by &User" +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 +msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 msgid "" "<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 msgid "" "<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" @@ -4585,12 +4570,12 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -4598,12 +4583,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 msgid "" "<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" @@ -4615,40 +4600,40 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 msgid "" "<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 msgid "" "<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -4656,89 +4641,89 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 msgid "" "<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n" "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 msgid "" "<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n" "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n" "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n" @@ -4746,12 +4731,12 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n" @@ -4759,37 +4744,37 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n" "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n" "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" @@ -4798,12 +4783,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -4811,31 +4796,31 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "<p><b>Log Size</b>\n" "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 msgid "" "<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -4844,19 +4829,19 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 msgid "" "<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -4869,12 +4854,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -4882,41 +4867,41 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>" msgstr "" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 msgid "" "<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -5103,39 +5088,39 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5217 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5255 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5284 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5143,7 +5128,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5295 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5151,7 +5136,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5317 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5159,18 +5144,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5407 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6009 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tk/po/vm.tk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/vm.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:45 UTC (rev 90441) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/vm.tk.po 2014-10-29 16:04:54 UTC (rev 90442) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: turkmen <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -15,24 +15,24 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +#. Main +#. Definition of command line mode options +#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 +msgid "Install Hypervisor and Tools" +msgstr "" + #. progress step title #: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69 msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." msgstr "" -#. Main -#. Definition of command line mode options -#: src/clients/xen.rb:54 -msgid "Install Hypervisor and Tools" -msgstr "" - #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -40,151 +40,151 @@ #. progress stage 1/2 #. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214 msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218 msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222 msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226 msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "" #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "" #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "" #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506 msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" msgstr "" @@ -197,26 +197,26 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe@opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner@opensuse.org